1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
28 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
29 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
30 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
32 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
33 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
34 haven't bothered yet. */
36 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
47 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
48 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
49 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
50 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
51 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
52 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
55 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
56 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
57 need to move into elfcode.h. */
59 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
62 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
63 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
64 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
66 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
67 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
68 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
69 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
70 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
71 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
72 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
75 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
78 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
79 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
80 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
82 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
83 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
84 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
86 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
87 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
88 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
91 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
94 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
95 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
96 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
98 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
99 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
102 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
105 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
106 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
107 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
109 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
110 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
113 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
116 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
117 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
118 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
120 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
121 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
122 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
123 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
124 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
127 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
130 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
131 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
132 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
134 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
135 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
136 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
137 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
138 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
141 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
144 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
145 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
146 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
148 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
149 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
150 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
151 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
152 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
155 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
158 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
159 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
160 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
162 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
163 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
164 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
169 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
172 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
173 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
174 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
176 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
179 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
182 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
183 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
184 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
186 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
189 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
190 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
193 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
195 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
200 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
203 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
206 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
207 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
211 return h
& 0xffffffff;
214 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
215 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
218 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
220 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
221 unsigned long h
= 5381;
224 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
225 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
226 return h
& 0xffffffff;
229 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
230 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
232 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
234 enum elf_object_id object_id
)
236 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
237 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
238 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
241 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
242 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
248 bfd_elf_make_generic_object (bfd
*abfd
)
250 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
255 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
257 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
258 return bfd_elf_make_generic_object (abfd
);
262 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
264 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
265 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
267 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
269 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
271 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
272 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
275 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
276 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
278 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
279 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
280 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
282 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
283 in case the string table is not terminated. */
284 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
285 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
286 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
288 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
290 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
291 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
293 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
294 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
295 the string table over and over. */
296 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
299 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
300 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
302 return (char *) shstrtab
;
306 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
307 unsigned int shindex
,
308 unsigned int strindex
)
310 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
315 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
318 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
320 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
321 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
324 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
326 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
327 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
328 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
329 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
330 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
332 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
336 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
339 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
340 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
341 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
342 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
343 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
344 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
345 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
348 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
349 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
352 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
354 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
358 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
359 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
361 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
362 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
363 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
364 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
369 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
375 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
377 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
378 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
380 /* Read the symbols. */
382 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
384 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
385 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
386 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
387 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
388 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
390 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
391 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
393 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
394 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
395 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
401 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
405 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
406 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
407 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
409 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
410 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
411 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
413 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
414 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
415 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
422 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
424 alloc_intsym
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
425 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
426 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
430 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
431 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
432 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
434 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
435 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
437 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
438 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
439 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
440 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
441 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
448 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
450 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
451 free (alloc_extshndx
);
456 /* Look up a symbol name. */
458 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
459 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
460 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
464 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
465 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
467 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
468 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
469 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
471 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
472 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
475 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
478 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
479 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
484 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
485 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
488 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
489 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
491 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
493 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
494 signature just a string? */
497 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
499 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
500 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
501 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
502 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
504 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
505 that it is a symbol table section. */
506 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
508 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
509 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
510 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
513 /* Go read the symbol. */
514 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
515 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
516 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
519 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
522 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
525 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
527 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
529 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
530 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
533 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
535 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
536 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
537 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
540 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
541 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
542 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
543 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
544 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
546 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
548 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
550 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
556 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
557 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
561 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
562 so we can find them quickly. */
565 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
566 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
567 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
568 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
572 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
574 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
576 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
579 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
581 /* Add to list of sections. */
582 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
585 /* Read the raw contents. */
586 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
587 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
588 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
590 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
591 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
594 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
595 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
599 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
601 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
602 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
606 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
607 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
608 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
610 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
611 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
618 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
619 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
622 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
623 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
624 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
629 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
630 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
633 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
640 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
644 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
646 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
647 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
648 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
650 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
651 section is a member. */
653 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
657 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
658 other members to see if any others are linked via
660 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
661 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
663 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
664 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
668 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
669 insert current section in circular list. */
670 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
671 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
672 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
678 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
681 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
683 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
684 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
687 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
689 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
690 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
698 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
700 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
707 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
710 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
711 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
714 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
715 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
717 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
718 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
720 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
721 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
722 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
723 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
726 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
727 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
728 bed
->link_order_error_handler
729 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
734 asection
*link
= NULL
;
736 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
738 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
739 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
743 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
744 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
747 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
748 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
749 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
753 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
758 /* Process section groups. */
759 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
762 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
764 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
765 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
766 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
769 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
770 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
771 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
772 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
773 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
774 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
775 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
776 relocation sections are in section group in input object
778 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
781 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
782 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
783 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
785 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
786 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
787 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
790 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
798 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
800 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
803 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
804 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
807 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
808 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
814 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
816 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
818 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
819 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
823 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
827 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
828 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
829 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
831 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
832 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
833 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
835 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
837 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
838 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
839 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
840 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
843 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
844 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
845 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
846 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
847 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
848 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
851 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
854 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
855 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
856 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
858 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
860 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
863 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
864 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
865 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
867 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
868 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
870 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
871 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
873 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
875 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
876 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
881 } debug_sections
[] =
883 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
884 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
885 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
886 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
887 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
888 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
889 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
890 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
891 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
892 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
893 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
894 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
895 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
896 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
897 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
898 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") }, /* 's' */
899 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 't' */
900 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'u' */
901 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'v' */
902 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'w' */
903 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'x' */
904 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'y' */
905 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("zdebug") } /* 'z' */
910 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
912 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
913 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
914 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
915 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
916 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
920 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
921 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
922 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
923 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
924 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
925 all but one of the sections. */
926 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
927 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
928 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
930 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
931 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
932 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
935 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
938 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
939 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
940 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
941 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
945 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
948 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
952 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
954 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
955 unsigned int i
, nload
;
957 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
958 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
959 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
960 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
961 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
962 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
963 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
965 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
967 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
970 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
971 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
973 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
974 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
975 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
976 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
978 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
979 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
980 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
981 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
982 place special significance on the address 0 and
983 executables need to be able to have a segment which
984 covers this address. */
985 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
986 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
987 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
988 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
989 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
990 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
991 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
993 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
994 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
995 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
997 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
998 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
999 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1000 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1001 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1002 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1003 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1004 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1005 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1007 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1008 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1009 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1010 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1011 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1012 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1013 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1024 bfd_elf_find_section
1027 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
1030 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
1031 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
1032 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
1033 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
1034 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
1037 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
1038 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
1040 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
1045 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
1046 if (i_shdrp
!= NULL
)
1048 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
1049 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
1050 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
1052 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1053 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
1054 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
1061 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1062 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1063 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1064 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1067 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1068 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1069 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1070 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1071 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1072 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1073 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1074 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1075 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1077 bfd_reloc_status_type
1078 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1079 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1081 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1082 asection
*input_section
,
1084 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1086 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1087 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1088 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1089 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1091 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1092 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1095 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1098 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1102 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1104 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1105 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1108 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1109 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1110 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1112 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1113 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1114 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1116 /* Copy object attributes. */
1117 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1123 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1128 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1129 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1130 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1131 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1132 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1133 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1134 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1135 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1136 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1137 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1138 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1139 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1144 /* Print out the program headers. */
1147 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1150 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1152 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1154 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1159 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1160 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1161 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1163 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1168 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1171 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1172 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1173 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1174 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1175 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1176 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1177 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1178 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1179 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1180 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1181 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1182 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1183 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1184 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1185 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1186 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1187 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1192 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1195 unsigned int elfsec
;
1196 unsigned long shlink
;
1197 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1199 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1201 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1203 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1206 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1207 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1209 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1211 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1212 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1215 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1216 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1218 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1219 const char *name
= "";
1221 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1222 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1224 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1226 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1233 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1234 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1236 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1238 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1243 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1244 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1245 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1246 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1247 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1248 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1249 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1250 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1251 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1252 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1253 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1254 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1255 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1256 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1257 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1258 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1259 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1260 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1261 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1262 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1263 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1264 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1265 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1266 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1267 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1268 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1269 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1270 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1271 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1272 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1273 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1274 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1275 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1276 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1277 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1278 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1279 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1280 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1281 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1282 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1283 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1284 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1285 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1286 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1287 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1288 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1289 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1290 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1291 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1292 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1293 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1294 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1295 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1296 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1297 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1298 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1299 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1300 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1303 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1307 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1312 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1314 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1317 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1326 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1327 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1329 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1333 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1335 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1337 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1338 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1340 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1341 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1342 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1343 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1345 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1348 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1352 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1358 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1360 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1362 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1363 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1365 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1367 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1368 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1369 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1370 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1371 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1372 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1384 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1387 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1390 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1395 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1396 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1398 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1399 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1400 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1401 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1403 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1405 const char *section_name
;
1406 const char *name
= NULL
;
1407 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1408 unsigned char st_other
;
1411 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1413 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1414 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1415 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1419 name
= symbol
->name
;
1420 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1423 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1424 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1425 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1426 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1427 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1428 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1429 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1431 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1432 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1434 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1435 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1436 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1437 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1439 unsigned int vernum
;
1440 const char *version_string
;
1442 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1445 version_string
= "";
1446 else if (vernum
== 1)
1447 version_string
= "Base";
1448 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1450 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1453 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1455 version_string
= "";
1456 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1460 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1462 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1464 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1466 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1473 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1474 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1479 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1480 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1485 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1486 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1491 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1492 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1493 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1495 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1497 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1500 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1506 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1508 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1509 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1511 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1513 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1518 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1519 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1520 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1522 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1529 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1531 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1534 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1536 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1537 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1538 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1541 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1544 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1545 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1546 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1551 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1552 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1555 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1558 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1559 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1560 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1561 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1562 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1563 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1564 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1565 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1566 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1567 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1569 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1570 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1572 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1573 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1575 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1577 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1579 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1580 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1581 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1582 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1584 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1585 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1589 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1591 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1592 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1594 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1595 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1597 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1605 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1606 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1609 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1611 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1612 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1613 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1614 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1615 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1617 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1618 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1619 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1620 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1621 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1623 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1624 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1625 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1629 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1630 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1631 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1632 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1634 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1636 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1637 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1639 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1640 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1641 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1645 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1647 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1648 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1649 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1653 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1657 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1658 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1661 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1663 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1664 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1665 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1666 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1667 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1669 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1670 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1671 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1673 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1674 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1677 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1678 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1679 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1680 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1683 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1684 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1686 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1688 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1689 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1692 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1695 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1696 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1699 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1702 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1703 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1704 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1705 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1707 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1711 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1712 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1713 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1714 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1716 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1718 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1719 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1721 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1722 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1724 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1727 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1729 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1731 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1732 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1736 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1740 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1742 asection
*target_sect
;
1743 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
1744 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1747 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1748 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1751 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1752 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1754 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1755 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1756 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1757 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1761 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1762 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1763 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1764 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1765 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1766 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1767 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1768 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1769 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1775 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1777 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1778 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1789 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1792 /* Get the symbol table. */
1793 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1794 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1795 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1798 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1799 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1800 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1801 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1802 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1803 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
1804 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1805 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1806 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1807 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1808 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1809 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1812 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1814 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1815 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1818 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
1819 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
1820 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
1824 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
1825 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1826 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1829 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
1832 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1833 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1834 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1835 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1836 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1837 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1838 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1839 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1840 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
1841 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
1845 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
1846 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
1847 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
1848 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1850 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
1851 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
1853 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
1854 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
1855 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1857 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
1858 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
1859 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
1860 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1866 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
1867 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
1869 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
))
1871 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
1874 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1876 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
1878 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
1879 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1882 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
1883 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
1884 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1886 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1888 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
1892 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
1893 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
1894 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
1896 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
1904 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1905 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1906 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
1908 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1910 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
1914 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1915 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1918 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
1920 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1921 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1922 for applications? */
1923 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1924 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1925 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1926 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1928 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1929 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1932 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
1933 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
1934 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1935 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1936 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1938 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1939 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
1941 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1942 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
1943 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1944 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1945 be rejected with an error message. */
1946 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1947 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1949 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1951 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1952 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1955 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1956 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1957 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1958 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1966 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
1967 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
1970 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
1971 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
1973 unsigned long r_symndx
)
1975 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
1978 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
1980 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
1981 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
1982 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
1983 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
1985 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1986 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
1987 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
1990 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
1992 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
1995 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
1996 cache
->shndx
[ent
] = isym
.st_shndx
;
1999 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, cache
->shndx
[ent
]);
2006 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2010 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
2012 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2014 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
2017 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2019 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2020 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2023 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2025 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2026 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2029 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2031 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2032 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2033 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2034 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2035 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2036 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2037 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2038 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2039 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2040 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2041 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2044 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2046 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2047 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2048 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2051 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2053 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2054 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2055 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2056 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2057 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2058 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2059 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2060 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2061 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2064 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2066 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2067 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2070 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2072 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2073 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2074 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2075 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2078 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2081 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2084 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2088 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2091 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2093 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2094 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2095 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2098 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2100 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2101 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2102 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2103 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2104 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2107 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2109 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2110 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2111 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2112 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2113 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2114 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2115 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2118 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2120 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2121 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2122 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2123 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2126 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2128 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2129 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2130 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2131 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2132 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2135 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2137 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2138 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2139 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2141 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2142 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2143 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2144 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2147 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2149 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2151 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2153 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2154 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2155 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2161 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2164 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2165 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2166 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2172 len
= strlen (name
);
2174 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2177 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2179 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2181 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2184 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2185 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2187 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2189 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2191 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2192 && (suffix_len
== -2
2193 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2199 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2201 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2202 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2212 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2213 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2216 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2217 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2219 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2220 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2223 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2224 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2227 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2228 bed
->special_sections
,
2234 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2237 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2238 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2241 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2246 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2250 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2252 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2253 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2254 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2256 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2259 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2262 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2265 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2266 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2267 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2269 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2270 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2271 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2272 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2273 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2274 elf_fake_sections. */
2275 if ((!sec
->flags
&& abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
2276 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2278 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2281 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2282 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2286 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2289 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2291 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2292 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2293 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2294 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2296 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2297 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2298 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2299 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2300 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2301 of combined data+bss.
2303 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2304 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2305 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2306 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2307 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2312 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2313 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2315 const char *typename
)
2323 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2324 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2325 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2327 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2329 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2330 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2331 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2334 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2335 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2336 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2338 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2339 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2340 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2341 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2342 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2343 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2344 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2346 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2347 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2348 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2350 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2352 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2355 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2357 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2361 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2365 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "b" : "");
2366 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2367 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2370 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2371 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2372 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2374 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2375 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2376 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2377 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2378 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2379 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2380 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2381 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2382 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2384 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2385 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2386 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2387 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2388 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2389 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2390 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2392 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2393 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2394 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2396 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2397 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2404 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2406 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2408 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2411 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2414 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2417 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2420 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2423 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2425 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2430 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2433 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2435 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2436 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2440 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2443 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2446 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2447 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2448 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2452 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2453 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2454 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2457 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2458 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2460 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2463 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2464 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2466 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2469 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2471 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2473 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2475 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2476 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2477 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2478 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2479 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2480 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2481 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2482 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2483 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2488 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2491 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2493 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2494 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2495 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2496 unsigned int sh_type
;
2500 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2505 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2507 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2508 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2509 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2515 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2517 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2518 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2519 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2521 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2523 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2524 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2525 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2526 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2527 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2528 copy_private_section_data. */
2530 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2531 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2533 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2535 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2536 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2537 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2538 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2539 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2540 sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2542 sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2544 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2545 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2546 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2547 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2548 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2550 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2551 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2552 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2553 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2554 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2555 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2556 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2559 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2565 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2566 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2567 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2574 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2578 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2582 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2586 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2587 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2591 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2592 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2595 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2596 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2599 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2600 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2601 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2602 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2604 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2605 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2607 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2608 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2611 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2612 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2613 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2614 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2616 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2617 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2619 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2620 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2624 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2628 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2632 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2633 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2634 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2635 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2636 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2637 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2638 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2640 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2641 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2642 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2643 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2645 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2646 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2647 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2649 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2650 if (asect
->size
== 0
2651 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2653 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2655 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2658 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2659 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2660 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2665 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2666 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2667 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2668 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2671 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2673 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2674 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2675 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2678 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2679 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2680 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2681 create the other. */
2682 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2683 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2684 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2690 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2693 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2695 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2696 unsigned long symindx
;
2697 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2701 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2703 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2708 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2709 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2713 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2714 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2715 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2716 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2718 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2720 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2722 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2724 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2727 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2729 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2730 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2731 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2738 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2740 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2741 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2742 start of the input section group. */
2743 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2745 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2746 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2747 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2748 directives, not that it matters. */
2757 s
= s
->output_section
;
2760 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2761 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2762 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2767 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2770 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2773 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2774 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2775 in here too, while we're at it. */
2778 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2780 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2782 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2783 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2784 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2788 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2790 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2791 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2793 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2794 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2796 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2798 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2800 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2802 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2803 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2804 abfd
->section_count
--;
2807 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2812 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2814 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2816 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2817 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2818 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
2819 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
2823 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
2824 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
2829 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
2830 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
2836 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
2837 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2838 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
2840 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
2842 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
2843 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2844 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
2846 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
2847 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
2848 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2849 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
2850 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2853 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
2854 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2857 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2858 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2860 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
2861 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
2863 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2865 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
2866 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
2869 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
2870 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
2872 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
2876 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
2878 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
2879 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
2881 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
2882 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
2884 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
2885 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
2887 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
2888 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
2891 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2893 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2897 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
2898 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
2899 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
2900 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
2901 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
2903 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
2905 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
2906 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
2907 the relocation entries apply. */
2908 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
2910 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
2911 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
2913 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
2915 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
2916 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
2919 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
2920 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
2922 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
2925 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
2926 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
2928 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
2929 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
2932 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2933 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
2934 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
2936 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
2937 size as the discarded one. */
2938 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
2941 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2947 s
= s
->output_section
;
2948 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
2952 /* Handle objcopy. */
2953 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
2955 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2956 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
2957 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
2958 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2961 s
= s
->output_section
;
2963 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2968 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
2969 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
2970 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
2972 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
2973 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2974 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
2975 bed
->link_order_error_handler
2976 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
2981 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
2985 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
2986 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
2987 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
2988 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
2989 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
2990 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
2991 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
2993 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2995 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
2997 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3001 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3003 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3007 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3008 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3009 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3010 field to point to this section. */
3011 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3012 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3017 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3018 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3021 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3022 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3023 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3027 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3029 /* This is a .stab section. */
3030 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3031 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3032 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3039 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3040 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3041 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3042 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3044 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3046 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3049 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3050 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3051 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3052 the version strings. */
3053 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3054 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3056 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3061 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3062 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3063 this hash table or version table is for. */
3064 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3066 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3070 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3074 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3075 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3076 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3078 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3079 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3083 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3084 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3087 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3089 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3090 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3091 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3092 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3094 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3095 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3096 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3099 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3103 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3105 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3106 && !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3107 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3108 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)));
3112 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3114 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3115 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3116 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3117 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3118 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3119 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3120 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3127 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3131 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3133 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3134 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3138 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3139 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3141 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3142 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3144 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3145 decided to output. */
3146 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3148 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3150 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3152 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3154 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3156 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3157 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3159 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3163 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3164 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3166 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3168 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3174 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3175 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3176 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3177 at least in that case. */
3178 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3180 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3182 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3189 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3190 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3192 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3195 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3197 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3200 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3202 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3205 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3207 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3209 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3211 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3213 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3216 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3217 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3220 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3222 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3226 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3228 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3229 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3233 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3234 ELF data structure. */
3236 static inline file_ptr
3237 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3239 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3242 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3243 required section alignment. */
3246 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3250 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3251 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3252 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3253 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3254 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3255 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3256 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3260 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3261 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3262 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3265 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3266 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3268 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3270 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3271 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3273 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3276 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3277 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3278 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3280 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3283 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3284 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3285 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3288 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3292 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3295 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3296 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3298 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3299 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3301 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3305 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3307 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3312 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3313 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3314 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3315 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3316 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3317 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3318 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3319 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3320 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3321 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3322 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3324 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3327 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3330 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3332 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3334 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3335 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3337 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3338 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3339 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3341 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3342 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3344 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3346 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3348 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3349 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3351 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3354 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3359 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3360 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3362 static bfd_size_type
3363 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3367 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3369 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3370 and one for data. */
3373 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3374 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3376 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3377 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3378 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3383 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3385 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3391 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3395 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3397 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3401 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3403 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3407 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3409 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3410 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3412 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3414 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3415 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3416 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3417 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3418 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3419 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3421 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3422 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3423 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3424 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3425 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3430 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3432 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3434 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3440 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3441 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3442 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3446 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3452 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3455 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3458 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3460 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3461 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3463 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
,
3464 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3470 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3471 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3478 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3480 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3481 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3482 asection
**sections
,
3487 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3492 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3493 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3494 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3498 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3499 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3500 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3501 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3503 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3505 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3506 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3507 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3513 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3516 struct elf_segment_map
*
3517 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3519 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3521 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3525 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3527 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3532 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3535 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3536 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3537 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3539 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3540 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3542 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3543 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3544 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3545 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3547 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3550 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3552 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3554 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3555 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3556 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3558 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3562 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3564 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3570 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3571 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3573 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3580 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3583 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3586 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3587 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3588 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3589 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3591 no_user_phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
;
3592 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3596 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3597 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3600 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3601 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3603 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3604 bfd_boolean writable
;
3606 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3607 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3610 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3612 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3613 if (sections
== NULL
)
3617 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3619 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3625 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3628 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3630 /* Build the mapping. */
3635 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3636 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3638 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3639 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3641 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3642 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3646 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3647 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3648 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3649 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3650 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3655 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3656 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3660 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3668 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3669 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3670 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3674 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3676 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3678 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3681 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3682 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3683 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3684 program headers we will need. */
3687 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3689 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3690 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3691 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3692 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3693 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3694 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3697 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3700 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3704 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3707 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3709 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3710 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3711 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3713 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3715 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3716 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3720 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3721 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3722 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3723 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3724 section can be included in the current segment. */
3725 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3727 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3730 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3731 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3734 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3735 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3737 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3738 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3739 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3742 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3744 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3745 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3746 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3747 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3750 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3751 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3752 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3753 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3755 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3756 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3757 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3758 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3759 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3760 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3761 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3766 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3767 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3770 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3771 if (last_hdr
&& info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
)
3772 new_segment
= info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
, last_hdr
, new_segment
);
3776 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3779 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3780 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3781 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3782 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3788 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3789 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3791 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3798 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3804 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3805 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3806 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3810 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3813 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3814 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
3816 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3824 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3827 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
3834 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
3835 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
3836 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
3837 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
3838 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
3840 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3842 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3843 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3847 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3848 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3849 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
3851 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3852 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3853 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
3854 && align_power (s2
->vma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
3860 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3861 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3865 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
3869 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
3870 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
3873 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
3874 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
3878 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3886 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3891 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3892 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3893 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3898 m
->count
= tls_count
;
3899 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3901 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3902 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
3904 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
3905 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
3906 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
3913 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3915 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
3916 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
3917 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3919 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3920 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3924 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
3926 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
3932 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3934 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3935 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3939 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
3940 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
3941 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3949 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
3951 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3953 asection
*last
= m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1];
3954 bfd_vma vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
3955 bfd_vma filesz
= last
->vma
- vaddr
+ last
->size
;
3957 if (vaddr
< info
->relro_end
3958 && vaddr
>= info
->relro_start
3959 && (vaddr
+ filesz
) >= info
->relro_end
)
3964 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
3967 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3968 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3972 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
3974 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3982 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
3985 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
3988 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
3990 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3995 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4000 /* Sort sections by address. */
4003 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4005 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4006 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4007 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4009 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4010 place the section into a segment. */
4011 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4013 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4016 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4017 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4018 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4020 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4023 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4025 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4031 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4032 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4033 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4034 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4039 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4044 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4045 before others at the same address. */
4047 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4048 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4055 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4058 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4060 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4061 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4062 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4063 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4064 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4067 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4068 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4070 /* In other words, something like:
4072 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4073 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4074 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4075 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4077 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4079 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4082 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4084 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4088 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4091 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4096 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4097 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4098 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4099 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4100 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4101 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4103 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4104 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4107 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4108 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4109 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4113 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4114 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4118 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4119 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4121 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4122 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4123 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4124 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4126 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4130 if (link_info
== NULL
4131 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, link_info
, FALSE
))
4135 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4138 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4139 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4140 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4142 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4143 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4145 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4146 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4150 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4154 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4155 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4160 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4161 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4163 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4164 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4166 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4168 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4172 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4174 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4175 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4176 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4177 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4178 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4180 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4181 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4182 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4185 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4186 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4187 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4188 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4189 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4190 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4191 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4196 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4198 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4199 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4200 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4203 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4205 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4206 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4208 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4209 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4210 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4211 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4212 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4213 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4214 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4216 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4217 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4219 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4221 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4222 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4223 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4224 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4228 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4230 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4233 bfd_size_type align
;
4234 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4236 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4240 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4242 unsigned int secalign
;
4244 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4245 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4246 align_power
= secalign
;
4248 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4249 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4250 align
= maxpagesize
;
4253 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4254 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4255 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4256 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4257 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4258 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4260 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4261 sections. If the first section isn't loadable, the same
4262 holds for any other sections. */
4264 while (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) == SHT_NOBITS
)
4266 /* If a segment starts with .tbss, we need to look
4267 at the next section to decide whether the segment
4268 has any loadable sections. */
4269 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[i
]) & SHF_TLS
) == 0
4277 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4281 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4282 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4283 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4284 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4285 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4286 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4287 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4288 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4293 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4294 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4295 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4297 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4300 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4302 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4305 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4306 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4307 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4308 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4314 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4316 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4318 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4319 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4322 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4324 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4326 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4327 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4329 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4334 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4339 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4341 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4344 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4346 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4350 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4351 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4352 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4353 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4357 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4358 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4361 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4362 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4364 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4370 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4372 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4373 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4377 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4378 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4379 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4380 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4381 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4382 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4385 bfd_size_type align
;
4386 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4389 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4390 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4392 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4393 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4394 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4395 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4396 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4397 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4399 bfd_signed_vma adjust
= sec
->vma
- (p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_memsz
);
4403 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4404 (_("%B: section %A vma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4405 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->vma
);
4408 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4410 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4413 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4417 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4419 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4423 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4424 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4425 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4431 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4440 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4442 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4443 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4444 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4447 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4449 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4450 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4451 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4452 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4453 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4454 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4456 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4458 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4459 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4461 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4463 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4464 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4467 if (align
> p
->p_align
4468 && !m
->p_align_valid
4469 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4470 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4474 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4477 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4479 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4485 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4486 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4487 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4488 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4490 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4494 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4495 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
4496 && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, p
))
4498 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4499 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4501 print_segment_map (m
);
4502 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4508 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4512 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4515 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4516 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4518 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4519 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4520 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4521 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4522 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4523 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4524 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4525 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4527 unsigned int num_sec
;
4531 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4532 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4533 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4534 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4536 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4537 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4540 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4541 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4542 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4543 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4544 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4545 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4547 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4548 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4549 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4551 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4553 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4554 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4555 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4556 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4559 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4561 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4564 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4565 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4566 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4567 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4568 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4569 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4571 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4574 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4575 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4579 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4581 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4582 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4587 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4590 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4592 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4593 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4595 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4597 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4598 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4599 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4601 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4602 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4607 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4613 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4614 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
4615 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4617 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4620 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4622 sect
= m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1];
4623 hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
4624 p
->p_filesz
= sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4625 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4626 p
->p_filesz
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
4628 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4630 /* When we get here, we are copying executable
4631 or shared library. But we need to use the same
4633 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4635 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4637 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4638 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
4642 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
4644 /* We should use p_size if it is valid since it
4645 may contain the first few bytes of the next
4646 SEC_ALLOC section. */
4647 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
4648 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
4651 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4652 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4653 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4660 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4665 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4667 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4668 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4669 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4671 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4673 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4674 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4675 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4677 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4679 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4681 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4683 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4684 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4685 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4686 && (lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4687 >= link_info
->relro_end
))
4691 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4692 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4694 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4695 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4696 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4697 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4698 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4700 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4704 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4705 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4711 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4716 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4717 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4718 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4720 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4721 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4722 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4723 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4724 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4725 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4726 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4728 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4731 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4732 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4734 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4735 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4737 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4739 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4740 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4742 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4743 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4744 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4747 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4748 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4750 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4751 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4752 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4753 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4755 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4758 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4759 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4760 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4761 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4762 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4764 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4767 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4774 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4775 assignment of sections to segments. */
4776 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4779 /* And for non-load sections. */
4780 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4783 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
4785 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4789 /* Write out the program headers. */
4790 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4791 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4792 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
4795 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
4798 /* Place the section headers. */
4799 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4800 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4801 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4803 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
4809 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4811 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4812 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4813 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4814 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4816 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4818 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4819 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4822 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4824 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4825 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4826 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4827 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4829 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4830 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4831 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4832 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4834 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4835 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4836 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4837 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4838 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4839 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4841 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4843 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4845 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4846 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4849 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4850 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4851 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4852 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4853 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4854 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4855 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4856 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4858 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
4861 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4862 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4864 /* No program header, for now. */
4865 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4866 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4867 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
4869 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4870 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
4871 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
4873 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4874 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
4875 /* It all happens later. */
4879 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4881 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4884 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4885 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
4886 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4887 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
4888 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4889 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
4890 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4891 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4892 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
4898 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4899 of the loadable file image. */
4902 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
4905 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
4906 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
4908 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4910 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4911 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
4913 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
4916 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4917 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
4918 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
4921 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4925 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
4927 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4928 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
4929 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
4931 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
4933 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
4934 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
4937 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4938 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4941 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
4945 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
4947 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4948 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4949 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
4951 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
4952 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
4953 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
4955 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
4957 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4958 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4963 /* Write out the section header names. */
4964 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
4965 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4966 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
4969 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
4970 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
4971 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
4973 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
4976 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
4977 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
)
4978 return (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
4984 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
4986 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4987 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
4990 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4993 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
4995 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4998 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
4999 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5000 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5002 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5004 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5006 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5011 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5012 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5016 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5020 if (index
== SHN_BAD
)
5021 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5026 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5030 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5032 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5034 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5036 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5037 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5038 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5039 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5040 input sections rather than the output section. */
5041 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5042 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5043 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5048 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5049 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5050 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5051 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5052 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5053 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5054 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5057 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5061 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5062 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5063 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5064 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5065 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5066 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5073 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5074 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5075 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5083 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5086 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5088 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5089 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5090 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5091 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5092 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5095 unsigned int num_segments
;
5096 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5097 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5098 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5099 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5100 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5101 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5103 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5104 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5107 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5109 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5110 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5112 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5113 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5114 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5115 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5117 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5118 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5119 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5120 ? section->size : 0)
5122 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5123 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5124 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5125 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5126 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5127 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5129 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5130 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5131 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5132 (section->lma >= base \
5133 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5134 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5136 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5137 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5138 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5139 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5140 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5141 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5142 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5144 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5146 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5148 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5152 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5153 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5154 p_memsz set to 0. */
5155 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5157 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5158 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5159 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5160 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5162 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5163 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5164 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5166 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5167 A section will be included if:
5168 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5169 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5170 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5172 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5173 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5174 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5175 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5176 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5177 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5178 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5179 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5180 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5181 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5182 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5183 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5184 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5185 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5186 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5187 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5188 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5189 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5190 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5191 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5192 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5193 || (segment->p_paddr \
5194 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5195 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5196 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5198 && !section->segment_mark)
5200 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5201 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5202 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5203 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5204 && section->output_section != NULL)
5206 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5207 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5208 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5210 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5211 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5212 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5213 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5214 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5216 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5217 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5218 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5219 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5220 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5222 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5223 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5224 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5226 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5227 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5228 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5229 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5230 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5231 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5234 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5236 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5240 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5241 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5242 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5243 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5244 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5249 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5251 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5252 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5253 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5255 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5256 assignment code will work. */
5257 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5261 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5263 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5264 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5265 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5269 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5270 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5272 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5274 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5275 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5278 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5279 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5281 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5283 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5284 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5286 if (extra_length
> 0)
5288 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5289 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5292 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5294 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5296 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5301 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5303 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5304 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5306 if (extra_length
> 0)
5308 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5309 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5312 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5317 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5318 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5322 unsigned int section_count
;
5323 asection
**sections
;
5324 asection
*output_section
;
5326 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5327 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5330 asection
*first_section
;
5331 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5332 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5334 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5337 first_section
= NULL
;
5338 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5339 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5341 section
= section
->next
)
5343 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5344 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5345 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5347 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5348 first_section
= section
;
5349 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5354 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5355 all of the sections we have selected. */
5356 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5357 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5358 map
= bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5362 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5363 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5365 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5366 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5367 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5369 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5370 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5372 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5374 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5375 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5378 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5379 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5380 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5381 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5382 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5384 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5386 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5387 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5388 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5389 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5390 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5392 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5393 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5396 if (section_count
== 0)
5398 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5399 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5400 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5401 a warning is produced. */
5402 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5403 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5404 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5408 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5409 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5414 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5415 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5416 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5417 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5419 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5420 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5423 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5424 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5425 of the first section.
5427 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5428 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5429 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5430 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5431 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5433 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5434 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5435 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5436 or segments to contain the other sections.
5438 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5439 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5440 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5442 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5443 if (sections
== NULL
)
5446 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5447 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5448 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5449 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5450 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5455 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5456 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5458 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5460 section
= section
->next
)
5461 if (section
== first_section
)
5464 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5466 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5468 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5470 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5472 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5473 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5474 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5475 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5477 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5478 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5480 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5481 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5482 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5485 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5487 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5489 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5491 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5492 LMA address of the output section. */
5493 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5494 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5495 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5496 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
5498 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
5500 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5501 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
5504 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5505 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5507 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5509 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5511 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5512 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5515 if (j
== section_count
)
5520 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5522 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5524 if (isec
== section_count
)
5526 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5527 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5528 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5529 program header in the input BFD. */
5530 map
->count
= section_count
;
5531 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5532 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5535 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5536 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5537 && !map
->includes_filehdr
5538 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5539 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5540 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5542 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5549 if (!first_matching_lma
)
5551 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5552 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5553 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5554 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5558 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5559 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5560 the LMA of the first section. */
5561 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5564 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5565 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5566 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5568 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
5569 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5572 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
5573 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5577 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5579 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5581 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5583 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5584 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5585 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5586 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5587 offset when we know the correct value. */
5588 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5589 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5592 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5596 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5597 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5598 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5599 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5600 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5601 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5608 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5610 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5611 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5613 section
= sections
[j
];
5615 if (section
== NULL
)
5618 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5620 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5622 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5623 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5625 if (map
->count
== 0)
5627 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5628 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5630 if (output_section
->lma
5632 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5633 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5634 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5642 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5644 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5645 and the start of this section is more than
5646 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5647 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5649 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5650 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
5651 > output_section
->lma
))
5653 if (first_suggested_lma
)
5655 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5656 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5663 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5666 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5668 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5670 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5671 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5675 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5677 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5678 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5679 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5681 if (isec
< section_count
)
5683 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5684 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5685 and carry on looping. */
5686 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5687 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5688 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5695 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5696 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5697 not yet been assigned. */
5699 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5700 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5701 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5702 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5703 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5704 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5705 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5708 while (isec
< section_count
);
5713 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5715 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5716 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5717 the offset if necessary. */
5718 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5722 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5725 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5726 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5727 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5732 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5733 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5735 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5736 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5737 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5738 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5739 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5740 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5744 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5747 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5749 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5750 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5751 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5752 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5753 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5755 unsigned int num_segments
;
5756 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5757 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5759 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5762 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5764 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
5765 map->p_paddr_valid. */
5766 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5767 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5768 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5771 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5773 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5777 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5782 unsigned int section_count
;
5784 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5785 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
5786 asection
*lowest_section
= NULL
;
5788 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5789 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5791 section
= section
->next
)
5793 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5794 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5797 first_section
= lowest_section
= section
;
5798 if (section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
5799 lowest_section
= section
;
5804 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5805 all of the sections we have selected. */
5806 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5807 if (section_count
!= 0)
5808 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5809 map
= bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5813 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5816 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5817 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5818 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5819 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5820 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5821 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
5822 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
5823 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
5825 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
5826 && segment
->p_filesz
== segment
->p_memsz
)
5828 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
5829 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
5830 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
5831 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5832 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_filesz
;
5833 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5836 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5837 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5838 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5839 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5841 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5842 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5844 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5845 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5846 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5847 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5848 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5850 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5851 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5854 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
5855 && !map
->includes_filehdr
5856 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
5857 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5858 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
5859 - segment
->p_paddr
);
5861 if (section_count
!= 0)
5863 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5865 for (section
= first_section
;
5867 section
= section
->next
)
5869 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5870 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5872 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5873 if (isec
== section_count
)
5879 map
->count
= section_count
;
5880 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5881 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5884 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5888 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5892 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5894 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5895 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5898 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5901 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5903 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
5904 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
5905 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5906 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5907 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5908 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5909 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5911 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5913 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
5914 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5917 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5918 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5919 section
= section
->next
)
5920 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5922 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5923 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5927 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
5928 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
5929 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
5930 map in this case. */
5931 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5932 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
5933 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
5936 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5937 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5939 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5940 from the input BFD. */
5941 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5943 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5945 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5946 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5947 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5949 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5950 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5952 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
5953 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
5954 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
5955 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
5956 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
5957 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
5963 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
5965 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5966 section
= section
->next
)
5968 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
5971 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5974 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5978 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5981 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5984 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5988 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5991 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5992 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
5994 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5995 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5998 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5999 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
6000 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
6002 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6003 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
|| !osec
->flags
))
6004 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6006 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6007 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6008 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6010 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6011 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6012 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6013 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6016 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6017 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6019 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6020 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6021 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6022 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
6026 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6028 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6029 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6030 may be NULL at this point. */
6031 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6033 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6034 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6035 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6038 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6043 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6044 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6047 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6052 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6054 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6055 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6058 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6059 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6061 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6063 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6064 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6065 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6066 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6067 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6069 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6073 /* Copy private header information. */
6076 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6080 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6081 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6084 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6085 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6086 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6087 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6088 already been worked out. */
6089 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6091 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6095 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6096 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6097 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6098 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
6099 && isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6101 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6102 asection
*s
= first
;
6105 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6107 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6108 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6110 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6119 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6120 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6121 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6122 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6123 swap_out_syms function. */
6125 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6126 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6127 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6128 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6129 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6132 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6137 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6139 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6140 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6143 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6144 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6147 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6149 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6153 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6154 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6155 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6156 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6157 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6158 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6160 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6161 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6162 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6163 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6164 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6170 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6173 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6174 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6177 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6180 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6181 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6182 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6183 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6184 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6185 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6188 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6190 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6193 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6194 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6198 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6199 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6200 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6201 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6202 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6203 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6204 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6205 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6207 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6208 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6210 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6211 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6213 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6216 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6218 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6219 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6220 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6222 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6223 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6224 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6225 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6227 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6231 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6232 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6233 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6234 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6235 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6238 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6240 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6241 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6247 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6248 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6249 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6250 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6251 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6255 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6256 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6258 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6259 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6261 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6262 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6263 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6264 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6267 if (!name_local_sections
6268 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6270 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6275 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6278 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6280 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6285 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6287 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6288 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6290 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6291 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6292 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6293 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6294 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6295 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6296 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6298 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6299 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6300 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6304 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6307 if (sec
->output_section
)
6309 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6310 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6313 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6314 if (! relocatable_p
)
6316 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6317 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6319 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6321 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6323 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6324 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6325 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6326 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6330 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6333 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6336 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6339 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6342 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6350 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6352 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6356 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6357 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6358 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6359 demand of applications. For example, it
6360 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6361 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6362 actually in the output file. */
6363 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6366 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6367 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6368 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6370 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6371 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6375 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6376 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
6380 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6383 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6385 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6387 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6389 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6391 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6396 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6399 /* Processor-specific types. */
6400 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6401 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6402 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6403 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6405 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6407 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6408 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6410 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6412 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6414 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6415 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6416 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
6419 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6422 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6423 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6427 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6428 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6431 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6433 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6435 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6437 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6440 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6443 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6444 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6448 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6449 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6450 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6451 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6455 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6456 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6458 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6459 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6460 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6461 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6462 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6463 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6468 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6470 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6471 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6472 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6475 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6479 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6481 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6482 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6484 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6490 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6494 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6496 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6498 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6502 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6503 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6505 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6511 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6514 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6517 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6520 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6527 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6529 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6532 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6533 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6534 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6538 return section
->reloc_count
;
6542 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6544 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6545 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6548 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6553 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6554 asymbol
**allocation
)
6556 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6557 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6560 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6564 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6565 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6566 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6567 dynamic reloc section. */
6570 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6575 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6577 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6581 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6582 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6583 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6584 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6585 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6586 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6587 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6592 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6593 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6594 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6595 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6596 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6597 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6598 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6601 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6605 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6609 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6611 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6615 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6617 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6619 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6620 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6621 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6626 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6628 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6630 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6641 /* Read in the version information. */
6644 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6646 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6647 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6649 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6651 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6652 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6653 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6655 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6657 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6659 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6660 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6661 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6666 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6667 if (contents
== NULL
)
6669 error_return_verref
:
6670 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6671 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6674 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6675 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6676 goto error_return_verref
;
6678 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6679 goto error_return_verref
;
6681 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6682 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6683 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6684 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6685 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6686 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6688 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6689 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6692 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6694 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6696 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6697 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6699 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6700 goto error_return_verref
;
6702 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6703 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6706 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6707 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6708 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6709 goto error_return_verref
;
6712 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6713 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6714 goto error_return_verref
;
6716 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6717 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6718 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6719 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6721 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6723 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6724 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6725 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6726 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6727 goto error_return_verref
;
6729 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6730 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6732 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6734 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6735 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6736 goto error_return_verref
;
6738 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6739 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6741 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6742 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6745 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6746 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6748 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6750 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6751 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6752 goto error_return_verref
;
6754 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6755 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6762 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6764 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6765 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6766 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6767 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6768 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6770 unsigned int maxidx
;
6771 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6773 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6775 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6776 if (contents
== NULL
)
6778 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6779 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6782 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6785 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6786 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6787 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6788 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6789 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6790 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6792 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6793 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6795 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6797 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6799 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6801 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6802 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6804 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6805 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6808 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6809 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6812 if (default_imported_symver
)
6814 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6819 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6820 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6821 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6824 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6826 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6827 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6828 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6830 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6831 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6834 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6836 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6838 error_return_verdef
:
6839 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6840 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6844 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6845 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6847 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6849 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6850 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6853 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6854 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6855 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6856 goto error_return_verdef
;
6860 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6861 goto error_return_verdef
;
6863 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6864 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6865 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6866 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6868 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6870 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6871 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6872 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6873 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6874 goto error_return_verdef
;
6876 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6877 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6879 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6881 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6882 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6883 goto error_return_verdef
;
6885 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6886 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6889 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6890 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6892 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6893 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6895 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6897 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6898 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6904 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6911 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6912 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6913 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6916 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6919 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6920 if (default_imported_symver
)
6922 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6923 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6925 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6927 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6928 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6929 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6930 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6932 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6934 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6935 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6936 goto error_return_verdef
;
6937 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6938 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6939 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6940 goto error_return_verdef
;
6942 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6943 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6944 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6950 if (contents
!= NULL
)
6956 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
6958 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
6959 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
6961 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6966 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
6967 return &newsym
->symbol
;
6972 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6976 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
6979 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6980 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6984 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6987 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6988 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
6991 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6992 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6993 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
6996 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6997 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6998 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6999 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7000 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7001 we treat such symbols as local. */
7002 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7009 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7010 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7017 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7018 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7019 unsigned long machine
)
7021 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7022 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7023 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7024 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7025 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7028 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7031 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7032 for error reporting. */
7035 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7039 const char **filename_ptr
,
7040 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7042 const char *filename
;
7043 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
7046 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7047 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7048 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7049 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7050 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7051 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7052 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7053 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7054 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7060 state
= nothing_seen
;
7062 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7066 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
7068 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
7074 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7075 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7079 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
7080 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
7081 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
7083 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
7084 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
7087 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
7088 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7089 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7093 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7094 state
= symbol_seen
;
7101 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7102 if (functionname_ptr
)
7103 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7108 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7109 for error reporting. */
7112 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7116 const char **filename_ptr
,
7117 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7118 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7122 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7123 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7126 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7127 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7128 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7134 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7135 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7137 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7139 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7140 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7141 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7147 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7148 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7149 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7150 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7152 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7155 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7158 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7159 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7166 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7169 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7170 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7172 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7173 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7174 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7177 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7178 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7179 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7180 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7181 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7184 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7185 const char **filename_ptr
,
7186 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7187 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7190 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7191 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7192 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7197 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7199 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7200 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7202 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7204 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7206 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7208 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7211 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7212 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7215 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7218 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7226 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7228 const void *location
,
7230 bfd_size_type count
)
7232 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7235 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7236 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7239 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7240 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7241 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7242 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7249 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7250 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7251 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7256 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7259 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7261 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7263 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7265 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7266 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7268 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7269 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7271 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7273 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7276 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7279 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7282 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7285 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7288 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7291 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7297 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7299 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7301 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7302 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7304 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7309 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7315 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7318 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7321 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7324 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7327 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7333 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7337 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7345 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7346 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7347 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7348 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7353 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7355 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7357 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7358 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7359 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7362 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7365 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7366 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7367 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7370 bfd_reloc_status_type
7371 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7372 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7373 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7374 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7375 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7377 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7380 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7381 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7382 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7383 out details about the corefile. */
7385 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7386 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7389 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7392 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7394 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7395 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7398 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7399 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7400 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7404 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7408 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7411 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7415 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7416 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7417 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7421 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7422 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7423 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7424 such a section already exists.
7425 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7426 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7427 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7429 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7435 char *threaded_name
;
7439 /* Build the section name. */
7441 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7442 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7443 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7444 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7446 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7448 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7453 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7454 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7456 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7459 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7461 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7465 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7468 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7473 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7477 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7478 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7479 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7481 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7482 has already been set by another thread. */
7483 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7484 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7485 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7487 /* pr_who exists on:
7490 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7493 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7494 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7497 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7498 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7500 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7501 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7503 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7504 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7505 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7507 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7508 has already been set by another thread. */
7509 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7510 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7511 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7513 /* pr_who exists on:
7516 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7519 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7520 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7523 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7526 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7527 note size (ie. data object type). */
7531 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7532 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7533 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7535 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7537 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7539 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7541 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7543 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7544 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7547 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7548 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7549 data structure apart. */
7552 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7554 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7557 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7558 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
7562 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7564 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7568 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7570 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
7574 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7576 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
7579 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7580 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7581 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7582 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7586 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7587 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7588 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7589 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7593 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7594 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7595 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7598 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7601 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7609 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7613 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7619 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7621 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7623 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7625 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7627 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7629 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7630 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7631 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7633 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7634 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7635 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7637 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7638 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7640 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7641 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7643 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7645 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7646 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7647 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7649 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7650 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7651 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7657 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7658 note size (ie. data object type). */
7662 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7663 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7664 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7667 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7668 int n
= strlen (command
);
7670 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7671 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7676 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7678 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7680 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7682 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7683 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7684 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7690 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7692 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7694 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7695 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7697 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7700 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7702 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7705 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7706 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7707 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7711 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7713 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7715 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7717 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7723 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7724 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7725 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7730 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7733 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7735 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7737 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7738 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7739 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7742 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7744 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7748 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7749 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7750 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7751 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7754 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7755 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7756 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7759 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7761 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7764 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7766 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7767 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7768 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7771 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7773 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7777 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7778 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7779 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7780 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7783 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7784 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7785 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7788 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7790 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7792 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7795 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7802 int is_active_thread
;
7805 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
7808 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
7811 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
7815 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
7816 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7817 /* process_info.pid */
7818 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
7819 /* process_info.signal */
7820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
7823 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
7824 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7825 /* thread_info.tid */
7826 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
7828 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7829 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7833 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7835 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7839 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7841 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7842 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
7843 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7845 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
7846 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
7848 if (is_active_thread
)
7849 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7853 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
7854 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7855 /* module_info.base_address */
7856 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
7857 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
7859 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7860 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7864 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7866 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7871 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7872 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7873 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7884 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7886 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7894 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7895 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7897 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7898 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7903 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7905 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7908 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7910 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7913 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7914 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7916 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7917 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7919 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7920 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7921 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7922 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7927 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7928 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7929 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
7934 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7935 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7936 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
7942 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7943 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7945 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7946 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7953 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
7958 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7959 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7960 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7968 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7970 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id_size
= note
->descsz
;
7971 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, note
->descsz
);
7972 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
== NULL
)
7975 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
7981 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7988 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
7989 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
7994 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7998 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8001 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8008 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8010 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8011 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8012 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8014 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8015 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8016 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8018 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8019 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8020 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8022 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8027 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8031 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8032 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
8034 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8036 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8037 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8038 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8039 creates a core file. */
8041 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8044 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8045 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8046 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8049 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8053 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8055 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8056 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8058 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8059 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8062 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8063 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8065 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8066 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8072 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8073 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8078 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8079 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8081 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8082 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8092 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8094 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8101 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8102 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8104 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8105 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8107 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8108 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8110 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8111 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8113 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
8114 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8117 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8118 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8119 thread just in case. */
8120 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8121 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8123 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8124 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8126 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8131 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8135 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8136 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8137 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8139 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8143 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8144 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8152 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8153 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8155 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8160 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8164 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8165 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8166 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8168 /* This is the current thread. */
8169 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8170 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8175 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8176 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8177 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8178 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8181 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8183 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8184 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8186 static long tid
= 1;
8190 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8191 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8192 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8193 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8194 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8195 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8196 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8197 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8204 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8210 /* Use note name as section name. */
8212 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8215 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
8216 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
8218 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8222 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8223 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8224 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
8229 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8232 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8236 size of data for note
8238 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8239 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8240 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8241 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8244 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8247 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8255 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8262 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8264 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
8266 buf
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8269 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
8270 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8271 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8272 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8273 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8274 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8278 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8286 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8296 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8298 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8304 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8305 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8307 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8310 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8311 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
8316 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8317 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8319 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8321 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8324 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8327 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8328 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8329 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8330 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8331 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8336 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8338 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8341 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8344 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8345 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8346 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8347 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8348 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8351 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8353 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8355 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8362 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8363 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8365 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8368 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8370 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
8375 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8376 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8378 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8380 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8381 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8382 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8383 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8384 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8385 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8392 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8393 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8394 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8395 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8396 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8397 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8400 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8402 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8404 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8411 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8412 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8414 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8415 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8416 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8417 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8418 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8419 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8421 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8422 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8424 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8425 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8428 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8429 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8431 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8433 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8435 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8439 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8440 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8442 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8443 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8444 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8446 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8450 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8451 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8452 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8453 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8461 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8462 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8463 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8464 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8468 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8471 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8477 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8478 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8479 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8483 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8486 const void *xfpregs
,
8489 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8490 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8491 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8495 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
8498 const void *ppc_vmx
,
8501 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8502 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8503 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
8507 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
8510 const void *ppc_vsx
,
8513 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8514 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8515 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
8519 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8522 const char *section
,
8526 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
8527 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
8528 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
8529 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
8530 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
8531 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
8532 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
8533 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
8538 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
8543 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8545 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8546 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8547 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8549 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
8552 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8554 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8555 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8556 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
8559 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8560 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8561 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8563 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
8564 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
8567 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
8573 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8575 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8578 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
8580 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8583 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
8585 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
8590 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8596 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
8598 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
8604 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8611 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8618 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8621 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8625 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
8626 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
8636 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8638 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8639 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8640 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8643 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8645 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8647 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8651 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8654 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8655 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8656 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8657 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8659 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8660 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8663 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8667 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8669 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8673 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8674 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8675 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8680 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8681 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8683 return reloc_class_normal
;
8686 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8687 relocation against a local symbol. */
8690 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8691 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8693 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8695 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8698 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8699 + sec
->output_offset
8701 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8702 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8703 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8706 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8707 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8708 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8711 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8712 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8713 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8714 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8715 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8716 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8717 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8720 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8721 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8727 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8728 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8732 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8734 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8735 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8737 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8738 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8739 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8743 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8744 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8748 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8750 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8751 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8753 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8754 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8760 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8761 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8762 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8763 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8764 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8765 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8767 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8768 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8769 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8770 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8771 the remote memory. */
8774 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8778 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8780 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8781 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8785 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8786 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8787 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8792 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8795 const char *relplt_name
;
8796 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8800 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8806 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8809 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8812 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8815 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8816 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8817 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8818 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8822 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8823 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8824 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8827 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8831 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8832 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8835 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8836 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8837 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8838 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
8839 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8841 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8845 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8846 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8848 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
8853 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8854 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8857 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8858 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8859 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8860 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8861 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8862 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
8864 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8867 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8868 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8870 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8871 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8878 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8879 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8880 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
8881 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8884 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd
* abfd
,
8885 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8887 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
8889 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8891 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
8895 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
8896 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
8897 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */
8900 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
8902 return (type
== STT_FUNC
);